1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
301 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
308 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
309 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
310 the string table over and over. */
311 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
314 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
315 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
317 return (char *) shstrtab
;
321 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
322 unsigned int shindex
,
323 unsigned int strindex
)
325 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
330 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
333 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
335 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
336 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
339 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
341 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
342 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
343 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
344 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
345 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
347 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
351 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
354 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
355 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
356 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
357 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
358 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
359 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
360 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
363 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
364 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
367 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
369 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
371 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
373 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
374 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
375 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
376 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
377 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
378 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
379 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
384 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
390 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
392 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
393 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
395 /* Read the symbols. */
397 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
399 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
400 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
401 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
402 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
403 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
405 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
406 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
408 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
409 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
410 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
416 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
420 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
421 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
422 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
424 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
425 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
426 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
428 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
429 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
430 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
437 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
439 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
440 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
441 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
442 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
446 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
447 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
448 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
449 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
451 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
452 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
454 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
455 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
456 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
457 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
458 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
465 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
467 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
468 free (alloc_extshndx
);
473 /* Look up a symbol name. */
475 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
476 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
477 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
481 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
482 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
484 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
485 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
486 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
488 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
489 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
492 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
495 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
496 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
501 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
502 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
505 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
506 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
508 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
510 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
511 signature just a string? */
514 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
516 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
517 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
518 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
519 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
521 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
522 that it is a symbol table section. */
523 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
525 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
526 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
527 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
530 /* Go read the symbol. */
531 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
532 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
533 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
536 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
539 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
542 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
544 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
546 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
547 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
550 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
552 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
553 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
554 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
557 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
558 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
559 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
560 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
561 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
563 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
565 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
567 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
573 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
578 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
579 so we can find them quickly. */
582 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
583 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
584 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
585 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
589 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
591 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
593 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
596 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
598 /* Add to list of sections. */
599 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
602 /* Read the raw contents. */
603 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
604 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
605 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
606 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
607 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
608 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
611 (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
612 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
617 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
619 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
620 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
624 (_("%B: invalid size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
625 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
627 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even partially
628 corrupt, do not allow any of the contents to be used. */
629 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
633 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
634 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
635 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
637 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
638 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
645 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
646 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
649 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
650 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
651 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
656 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
657 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
660 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
665 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
666 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
668 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
670 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
673 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
674 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
675 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
676 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
682 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
686 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
688 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
689 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
690 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
692 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
693 section is a member. */
695 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
699 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
700 other members to see if any others are linked via
702 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
703 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
705 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
706 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
710 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
711 insert current section in circular list. */
712 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
713 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
714 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
720 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
723 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
725 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
726 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
729 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
731 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
732 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
740 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
742 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
750 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
753 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
754 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
757 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
758 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
760 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
761 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
763 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
764 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
765 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
766 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
769 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
770 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
771 bed
->link_order_error_handler
772 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
777 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
779 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
781 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
782 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
786 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
787 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
790 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
791 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
792 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
796 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
801 /* Process section groups. */
802 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
805 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
807 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
808 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
809 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
812 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
813 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
814 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
815 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
816 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
817 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
818 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
819 relocation sections are in section group in input object
821 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
824 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
825 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
826 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
828 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
829 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
830 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
833 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
841 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
843 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
846 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
847 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
850 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
851 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
857 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
859 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
862 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
866 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
867 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
868 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
870 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
871 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
872 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
874 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
876 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
877 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
878 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
879 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
882 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
883 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
884 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
885 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
886 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
887 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
890 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
893 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
894 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
895 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
897 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
899 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
902 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
903 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
904 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
906 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
907 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
909 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
910 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
911 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
912 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
914 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
916 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
917 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
924 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
925 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
926 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
927 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
928 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
930 else if (name
[1] == 's')
932 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
933 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
936 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
937 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
941 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
942 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
943 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
944 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
945 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
946 all but one of the sections. */
947 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
948 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
949 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
951 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
952 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
953 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
956 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
959 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
960 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
961 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
962 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
966 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
969 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
973 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
975 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
976 unsigned int i
, nload
;
978 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
979 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
980 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
981 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
982 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
983 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
984 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
986 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
988 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
991 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
992 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
994 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
995 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
996 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
997 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
999 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1000 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1001 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1003 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1004 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1005 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1006 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1007 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1008 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1009 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1010 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1011 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1013 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1014 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1015 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1016 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1017 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1018 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1019 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1025 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1026 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1027 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1028 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1029 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1031 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1034 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd
, newsect
))
1036 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1037 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1038 action
= decompress
;
1042 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1043 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
) && newsect
->size
!= 0)
1053 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1055 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1056 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1062 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1064 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
1065 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1069 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
1073 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1075 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1076 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1082 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1084 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1085 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1088 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1092 if (new_name
!= NULL
)
1093 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1099 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1100 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1101 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1102 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1105 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1106 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1107 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1108 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1109 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1110 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1111 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1112 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1113 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1115 bfd_reloc_status_type
1116 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1117 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1119 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1120 asection
*input_section
,
1122 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1124 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1125 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1126 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1127 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1129 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1130 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1133 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1136 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1140 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1142 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1143 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1146 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1148 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1149 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1152 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1154 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1155 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1156 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1158 /* Copy object attributes. */
1159 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1164 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1169 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1170 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1171 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1172 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1173 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1174 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1175 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1176 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1177 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1178 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1179 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1180 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1185 /* Print out the program headers. */
1188 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1190 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1191 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1193 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1195 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1200 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1201 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1202 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1204 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1209 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1212 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1213 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1214 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1215 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1216 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1217 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1218 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1219 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1220 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1221 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1222 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1223 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1224 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1225 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1226 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1227 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1228 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1233 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1236 unsigned int elfsec
;
1237 unsigned long shlink
;
1238 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1240 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1242 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1244 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1247 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1248 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1250 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1252 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1253 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1256 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1257 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1259 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1261 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1262 const char *name
= "";
1264 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1265 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1267 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1269 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1276 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1277 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1279 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1281 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1286 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1287 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1288 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1289 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1290 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1291 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1292 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1293 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1294 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1295 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1296 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1297 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1298 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1299 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1300 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1301 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1302 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1303 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1304 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1305 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1306 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1307 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1308 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1309 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1310 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1311 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1312 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1313 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1314 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1315 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1316 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1317 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1318 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1319 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1320 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1321 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1322 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1323 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1324 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1325 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1326 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1327 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1328 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1329 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1330 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1331 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1332 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1333 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1334 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1335 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1336 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1337 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1338 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1339 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1340 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1341 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1342 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1343 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1346 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1350 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1355 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1357 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1360 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1369 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1370 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1372 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1376 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1378 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1380 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1381 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1383 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1384 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1385 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1386 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1388 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1391 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1395 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1401 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1403 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1405 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1406 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1408 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1410 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1411 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1412 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1413 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1414 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1415 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1427 /* Get version string. */
1430 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1431 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1433 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1434 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1435 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1437 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1439 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1440 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1443 version_string
= "";
1444 else if (vernum
== 1)
1445 version_string
= "Base";
1446 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1448 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1451 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1453 version_string
= "";
1454 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1458 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1460 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1462 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1464 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1471 return version_string
;
1474 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1477 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1480 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1482 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1485 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1486 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1488 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1489 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1490 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1491 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1493 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1495 const char *section_name
;
1496 const char *name
= NULL
;
1497 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1498 unsigned char st_other
;
1500 const char *version_string
;
1503 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1505 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1506 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1507 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1511 name
= symbol
->name
;
1512 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1515 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1516 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1517 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1518 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1519 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1520 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1521 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1523 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1524 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1526 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1527 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1533 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1538 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1539 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1544 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1545 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1550 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1551 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1552 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1554 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1556 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1559 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1565 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1567 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1568 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1570 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1572 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1577 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1578 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1579 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1581 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1588 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1590 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1593 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1595 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1596 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1597 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1599 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
1600 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1601 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
1602 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
1604 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1609 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1610 sections, each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1611 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1612 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
1613 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
1614 can expect to recurse at least once.
1616 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
1617 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
1619 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
1620 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1621 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
1623 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
1624 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
1625 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
1626 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
1628 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
1630 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1631 (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
1634 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
1637 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1638 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1639 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1644 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1645 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1648 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1651 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1652 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1653 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1654 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1655 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1656 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1657 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1658 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1659 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1660 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1663 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1664 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1667 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1669 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1670 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1671 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1674 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1675 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1676 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1678 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1683 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1685 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1687 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1689 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1690 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1691 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1692 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1694 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1695 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1699 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1701 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1702 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1704 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1705 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1707 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1715 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
1716 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1719 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1722 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1724 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1726 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1727 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1728 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1733 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1734 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1735 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1736 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1737 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1739 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1740 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1741 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1742 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1743 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1745 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1746 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1747 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1751 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1752 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1753 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1754 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1756 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1758 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1759 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1761 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1762 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1763 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1767 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1769 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1770 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1771 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1775 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1779 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
1780 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1783 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1786 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1788 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1791 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1792 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1793 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1798 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1799 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1800 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1801 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1802 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1804 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1805 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1806 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1809 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
1810 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1813 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1814 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1815 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1816 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1819 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
1820 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1823 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1825 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1826 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1830 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1833 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1834 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1838 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1841 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1842 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1843 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1844 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1846 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1851 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1852 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1853 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1854 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1856 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1858 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1859 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1861 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1862 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1864 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1867 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1869 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1871 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1872 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1876 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1881 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1883 asection
*target_sect
;
1884 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
1885 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1886 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
1890 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1891 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1894 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1895 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1897 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1898 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1899 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1900 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1905 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1906 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1907 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1908 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1909 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1910 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1911 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1913 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1914 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
1915 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1916 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1922 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1924 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1925 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1936 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1939 /* Get the symbol table. */
1940 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1941 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1942 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1945 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1946 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1947 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1948 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1949 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1950 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1951 sh_link points to the null section. */
1952 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
1953 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
1954 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
1955 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
1956 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1957 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1959 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1964 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
1967 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
1968 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
1971 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
1972 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1973 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
1975 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
1977 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr
== NULL
);
1978 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
1979 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1984 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
1985 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
1986 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
1987 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
1988 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1989 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1990 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1991 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1993 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1994 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
1996 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2000 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2001 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2002 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2003 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2006 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2007 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2010 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2011 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2012 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2015 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2016 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2017 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2018 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2025 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2028 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2031 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2033 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2034 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2037 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2038 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2039 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2041 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2043 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2047 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
2048 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2049 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2051 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2059 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2060 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2061 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2063 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2065 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2069 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2070 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2073 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2075 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2076 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2077 for applications? */
2078 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2079 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2080 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2081 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2084 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2085 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2090 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2091 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2092 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2093 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2094 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2096 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2097 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2099 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2100 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2101 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2102 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2103 be rejected with an error message. */
2104 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2105 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2107 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2110 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2111 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2116 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2117 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2118 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2119 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2127 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2128 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2129 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2131 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2132 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2137 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2140 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2142 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2144 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2146 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2148 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2149 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2150 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2152 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2153 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2154 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2157 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2159 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2162 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2165 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2168 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2172 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2174 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2176 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2179 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2181 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2182 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2185 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2187 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2188 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2191 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2193 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2194 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2195 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2196 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2197 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2198 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2199 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2200 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2201 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2202 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2203 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2204 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2205 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2206 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2209 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2211 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2212 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2213 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2216 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2218 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2219 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2220 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2221 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2222 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2223 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2224 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2225 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2226 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2227 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2230 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2232 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2233 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2236 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2238 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2239 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2240 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2241 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2244 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2246 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2247 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2250 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2252 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2253 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2254 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2257 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2259 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2260 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2261 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2264 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2266 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2267 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2268 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2269 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2270 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2273 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2275 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2276 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2277 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2278 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2279 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2280 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2281 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2284 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2286 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2287 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2288 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2289 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2292 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2294 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2295 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2296 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2297 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2298 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2301 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2303 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2304 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2305 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2307 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2308 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2309 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2310 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2313 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2315 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2317 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2319 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2320 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2321 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2327 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2330 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2331 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2332 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2338 len
= strlen (name
);
2340 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2343 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2345 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2347 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2350 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2351 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2353 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2355 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2357 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2358 && (suffix_len
== -2
2359 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2365 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2367 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2368 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2378 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2379 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2382 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2383 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2385 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2386 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2389 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2390 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2393 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2394 bed
->special_sections
,
2400 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2403 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2404 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2407 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2412 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2416 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2418 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2419 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2420 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2422 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2425 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2429 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2432 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2433 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2434 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2436 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2437 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2438 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2439 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2440 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2441 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2442 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2443 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2444 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2445 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2446 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2448 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2451 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2452 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2453 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2455 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2456 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2460 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2463 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2465 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2466 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2467 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2468 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2470 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2471 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2472 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2473 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2474 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2475 of combined data+bss.
2477 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2478 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2479 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2480 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2481 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2486 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2487 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2489 const char *type_name
)
2497 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2498 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2499 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2501 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2503 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2504 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2505 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2508 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2509 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2510 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2512 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2513 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2514 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2515 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2516 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2517 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2518 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2520 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2521 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2522 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2524 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2526 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2529 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2531 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2535 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2539 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2540 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2541 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2544 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2545 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2546 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2548 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2549 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2550 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2551 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2552 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2553 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2554 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2555 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2556 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2558 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2559 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2560 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2561 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2562 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2563 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2564 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2566 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2567 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2568 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2570 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2571 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2578 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2580 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2582 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2585 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2588 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2591 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2594 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2597 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2599 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2604 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2607 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2609 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2610 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2614 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2617 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2620 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2621 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2622 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2626 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2630 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2632 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2634 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2635 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2638 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2641 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2642 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2643 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2647 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2648 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
2650 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2652 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2654 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2657 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
2658 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
2659 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2660 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
2662 amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2663 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2666 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2668 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2670 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2672 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2673 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2674 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2675 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2676 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2677 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2678 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2679 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2680 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2685 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2688 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
2690 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2691 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2693 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
2696 struct fake_section_arg
2698 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
2702 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2705 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
2707 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
2708 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2709 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
2710 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2711 unsigned int sh_type
;
2715 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2720 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
2722 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2723 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2724 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2730 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2732 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2733 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2734 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2736 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2738 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2739 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2740 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2741 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2742 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2743 copy_private_section_data. */
2745 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2746 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2748 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2750 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2751 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2753 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
2755 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2756 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2757 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2758 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2759 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2761 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2762 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2763 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2764 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2765 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2766 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2767 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2770 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2776 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2777 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2778 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2785 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2789 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2793 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2797 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2798 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2802 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2803 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2806 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2807 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2810 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2811 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2812 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2813 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2815 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2816 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2818 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2819 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2822 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2823 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2824 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2825 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2827 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2828 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2830 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2831 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2835 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2839 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2843 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2844 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2845 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2846 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2847 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2848 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2849 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2851 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2852 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2853 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2854 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2856 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2857 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2858 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2860 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2861 if (asect
->size
== 0
2862 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2864 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2866 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2869 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2870 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2871 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2875 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
2876 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
2878 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2879 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2880 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2881 create the other. */
2882 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
2884 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2887 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2888 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
2889 && (arg
->link_info
->relocatable
|| arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
2891 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
2892 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, asect
, FALSE
))
2897 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
2898 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, asect
, TRUE
))
2904 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2906 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
2912 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2913 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2914 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2915 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2918 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2920 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2921 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2922 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2926 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2927 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2928 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2929 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2932 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2934 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
2935 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2939 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2941 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2945 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
2947 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
2949 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2951 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2952 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2956 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2957 elf_section_syms. */
2958 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
2959 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2961 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2963 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
2965 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2966 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2967 set until all local symbols are output. */
2968 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
2969 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
2970 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
2971 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
2972 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2974 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
2976 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2978 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
2979 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2981 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
2982 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2983 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2984 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2986 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
2989 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2991 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2994 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2996 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2997 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2998 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3005 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3007 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3008 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3009 start of the input section group. */
3010 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3012 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3013 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3014 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3015 directives, not that it matters. */
3022 s
= s
->output_section
;
3024 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3026 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3029 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
3031 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3036 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
3039 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3042 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3043 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3044 in here too, while we're at it. */
3047 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3049 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3051 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
3052 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3053 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3054 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3058 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3060 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3061 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
3063 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3064 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3066 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3068 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3070 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3072 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3073 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3074 abfd
->section_count
--;
3077 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3082 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3084 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3086 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3087 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3088 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3091 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3092 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3099 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3100 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3106 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3107 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3108 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3110 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3111 || (link_info
== NULL
3112 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3116 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3117 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3118 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3120 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3121 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3122 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3123 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3124 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3127 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3128 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3131 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3133 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3134 abfd
, section_number
);
3138 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3139 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3141 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3142 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3144 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3146 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3147 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3148 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3151 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3152 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3153 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3155 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3159 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3161 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3164 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3165 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3167 i_shdrp
[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3168 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3170 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3171 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3174 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3179 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3181 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3182 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3183 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3184 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3185 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3187 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3189 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3190 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3191 the relocation entries apply. */
3192 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3194 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3195 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3196 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3198 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3200 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3201 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3202 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3205 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3206 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3208 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3211 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3212 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3214 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3215 if (discarded_section (s
))
3218 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3219 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3220 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3222 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3223 size as the discarded one. */
3224 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3227 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3233 s
= s
->output_section
;
3234 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3238 /* Handle objcopy. */
3239 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3241 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3242 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3243 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3244 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3247 s
= s
->output_section
;
3249 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3254 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3255 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3256 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3258 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3259 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3260 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3261 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3262 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3267 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3271 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3272 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3273 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3274 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3275 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3276 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3277 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3279 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3281 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3283 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3287 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3290 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3291 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3296 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3297 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3298 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3299 field to point to this section. */
3300 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3301 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3306 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3307 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3310 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3311 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3312 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3316 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3318 /* This is a .stab section. */
3319 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3320 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3321 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3328 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3329 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3330 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3331 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3333 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3335 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3338 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3339 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3340 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3341 the version strings. */
3342 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3343 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3345 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3350 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3351 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3352 this hash table or version table is for. */
3353 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3355 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3359 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3363 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3364 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3365 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3367 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3368 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3373 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3375 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3376 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3377 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3378 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3380 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3381 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3382 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3385 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3386 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3389 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3391 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3393 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3396 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3397 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3398 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3399 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3400 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3401 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3402 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3403 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3406 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3407 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3410 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
3412 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3413 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3414 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3415 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3416 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3417 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3418 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3425 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3429 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3431 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3432 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3436 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3437 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3439 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3440 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3442 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3443 decided to output. */
3444 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3446 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3448 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3450 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3451 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3453 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3455 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3456 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3458 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3462 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3463 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3465 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3467 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3471 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3472 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3473 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3474 at least in that case. */
3475 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3477 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3479 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3486 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3487 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3488 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3490 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3493 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3495 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3498 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3499 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3500 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3505 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3507 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3509 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3511 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3514 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3515 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3518 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3520 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3524 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3526 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
3530 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3531 ELF data structure. */
3533 static inline file_ptr
3534 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3536 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3539 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3540 required section alignment. */
3543 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3547 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3548 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3549 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3550 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3551 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3552 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3553 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3557 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3558 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3559 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3562 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3563 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3565 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3566 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
3568 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3569 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3570 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3572 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3575 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3576 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3577 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3579 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3582 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3583 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3585 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
3586 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
3587 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
3591 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3594 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3595 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
3596 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3597 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3601 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3602 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3604 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3609 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3611 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3616 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3617 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3618 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3619 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3620 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3621 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3622 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3623 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3624 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3625 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3626 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3628 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3634 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3636 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
3638 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3639 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3641 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3642 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3643 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3645 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3646 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3648 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
3650 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3652 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3653 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3655 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3658 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3663 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3664 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3666 static bfd_size_type
3667 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3671 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3673 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3674 and one for data. */
3677 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3678 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3680 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3681 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3682 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3687 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3689 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3693 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
3695 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3699 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
3701 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3705 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
3707 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3711 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3713 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3714 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3716 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3718 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3719 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3720 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3721 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3722 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3723 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3725 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3726 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3727 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3728 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3729 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3734 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3736 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3738 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3744 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3745 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3746 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3750 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3756 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3759 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3762 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3764 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3765 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3767 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3773 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3774 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3781 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3783 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3784 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3785 asection
**sections
,
3790 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3795 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3796 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3797 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3801 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3802 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3803 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3804 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3806 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3808 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3809 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3810 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3816 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3819 struct elf_segment_map
*
3820 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3822 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3824 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3825 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3829 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3831 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3836 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3839 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
3840 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3841 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
3843 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3844 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3846 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3847 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3848 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3849 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3851 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
3854 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3856 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3858 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3859 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3860 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3862 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3866 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3868 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3874 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3875 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3877 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3884 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3887 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3890 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3891 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3892 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3893 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
3895 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
3898 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
3900 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3904 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3905 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3908 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3909 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3911 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3912 bfd_boolean writable
;
3914 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3915 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3917 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
3919 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3921 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
3922 sizeof (asection
*));
3923 if (sections
== NULL
)
3926 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3927 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3929 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
3930 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
3933 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3935 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3939 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3940 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
3941 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
3944 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3947 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3949 /* Build the mapping. */
3954 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3955 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3957 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3958 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3960 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3961 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3965 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3966 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3967 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3968 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3969 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3974 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3975 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3979 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3987 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3988 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3989 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3993 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3995 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3997 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4000 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4001 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4002 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4003 program headers we will need. */
4006 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4008 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4009 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4010 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4011 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4012 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
4013 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
4014 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
4015 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
4016 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4019 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4022 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4026 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4029 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4031 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4032 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4033 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4035 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4037 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4038 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4042 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4043 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4045 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4046 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4049 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4050 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4051 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4052 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4053 section can be included in the current segment. */
4054 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4056 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4059 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4060 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4063 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4064 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4066 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
4067 nonloadable section in the same segment.
4068 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
4071 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4073 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4074 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4075 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4076 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4079 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
4080 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4081 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4083 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4084 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
4085 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
4086 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
4087 only case in which the new section is not on the same
4088 page as the previous section is when the previous section
4089 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
4094 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4095 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4098 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4099 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4101 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4103 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4109 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4112 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4113 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4114 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4115 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4121 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4122 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4124 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4131 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4137 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4138 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4139 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4143 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4146 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4148 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4149 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4150 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4151 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4153 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4161 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4164 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4171 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4172 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4173 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4174 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4175 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4177 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4179 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4180 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4185 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4186 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4187 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4189 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4190 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4191 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4192 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4198 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4199 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4203 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4207 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4208 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4211 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4212 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4216 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4224 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4227 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4228 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4229 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4234 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4235 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4237 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4239 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4241 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
4244 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
4247 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
4249 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
4251 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s
);
4255 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s
);
4258 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4269 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4271 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
4272 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4273 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4275 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4276 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4280 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4282 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4288 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4290 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4291 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4295 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4296 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
4297 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
4298 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4299 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
4300 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
4302 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
4303 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
4310 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4312 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4314 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4316 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4317 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4320 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4321 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4322 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4325 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4330 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4333 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4334 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4338 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4340 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4348 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
4351 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4354 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4356 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4361 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4366 /* Sort sections by address. */
4369 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4371 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4372 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4373 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4375 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4376 place the section into a segment. */
4377 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4379 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4382 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4383 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4384 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4386 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4389 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4391 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4397 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4398 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4399 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4400 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4405 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4410 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4411 before others at the same address. */
4413 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4414 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4421 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4424 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4426 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4427 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4428 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4429 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4430 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4433 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4434 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4436 /* In other words, something like:
4438 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4439 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4440 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4441 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4443 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4445 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4448 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4450 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
4451 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4453 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4457 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4460 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4465 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4466 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4467 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4468 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4469 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4470 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4472 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4473 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4477 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4478 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4479 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4485 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4490 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4492 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4495 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
4500 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4501 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4505 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4506 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4508 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4509 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4510 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4511 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4513 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4516 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
4518 if (link_info
== NULL
4519 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4523 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4527 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
4532 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4533 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4537 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4538 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
4539 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
4542 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4544 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4545 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4547 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
4548 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4552 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4556 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
4557 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4558 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4559 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
4560 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
4562 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4563 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4564 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4565 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
4567 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
4569 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
4570 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4571 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4576 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4577 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4579 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4580 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4581 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4587 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4589 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4593 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4595 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4596 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4597 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4598 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4599 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4601 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4602 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4603 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4606 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4607 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4608 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4609 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4610 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4611 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4612 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4617 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4619 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4620 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4621 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4624 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4626 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4627 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4629 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4630 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4631 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4632 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4633 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4634 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4635 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4637 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4638 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4640 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4642 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4643 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4644 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4645 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4649 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4651 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4654 bfd_size_type align
;
4655 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4657 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4661 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4663 unsigned int secalign
;
4665 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4666 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4667 align_power
= secalign
;
4669 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4670 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4671 align
= maxpagesize
;
4674 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4675 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4676 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4677 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4678 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4679 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4681 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4684 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4685 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
4687 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4691 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
4695 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4696 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4697 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4698 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4699 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4700 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4701 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4702 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4707 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4708 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4709 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4711 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4714 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4716 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4719 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4720 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
4721 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4722 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
4728 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4730 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4732 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4733 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4736 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4738 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4739 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4741 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4746 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4751 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4753 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4756 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4758 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4762 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4763 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4764 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4768 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4769 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4772 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
4773 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
4777 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4778 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4780 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4786 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4788 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4789 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4793 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4794 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4795 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4796 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4797 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4798 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4801 bfd_size_type align
;
4802 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4805 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4806 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4808 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4809 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4810 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4811 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4812 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4813 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
4815 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
4816 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
4817 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
4818 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
4822 || p_end
< p_start
))
4824 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4825 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
4826 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
4830 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4832 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4834 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
4836 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4837 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4839 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
4840 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
4844 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4848 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4850 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4854 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4855 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4856 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4862 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4871 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4873 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4874 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4875 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4877 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4878 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
4879 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
4881 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4882 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4883 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4884 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4885 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4886 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4888 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
4890 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
4893 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4895 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4896 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4897 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4898 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4899 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4900 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4902 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4904 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4905 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4907 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4909 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
4910 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4913 if (align
> p
->p_align
4914 && !m
->p_align_valid
4915 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4916 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4920 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4923 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4925 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4932 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4933 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4934 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4936 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
4938 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4939 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
4940 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
4941 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
4942 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
4943 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
4945 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4950 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4952 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4955 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
4956 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
4957 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
4958 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
4960 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4961 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4963 print_segment_map (m
);
4969 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4973 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4976 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4977 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4979 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4980 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4981 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4982 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4983 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4984 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4985 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
4986 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4987 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4989 unsigned int num_sec
;
4993 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4994 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4995 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4996 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4998 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5001 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5002 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
5003 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5004 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
5005 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
5006 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5008 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5009 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5010 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5012 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
5014 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
5015 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5016 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5017 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5020 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5022 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
5025 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5026 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5027 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
5028 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]
5029 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)])
5030 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5032 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5035 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5036 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5040 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5042 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
5043 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5044 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5047 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5050 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5052 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5053 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5055 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5057 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5058 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5059 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5062 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5063 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5068 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
5070 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5071 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5072 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5074 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5075 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5076 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5077 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5079 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5080 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5081 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5082 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5085 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
5086 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5087 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
5089 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5090 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5099 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5100 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5104 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5105 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5108 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5109 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
5114 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5116 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5118 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
5119 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
5121 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5123 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5125 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
5127 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
5129 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5130 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
5132 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
5136 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
5140 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5141 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5142 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
5144 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5145 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
5150 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5152 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5153 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5154 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5155 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5156 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5157 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5158 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5161 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5162 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5163 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5164 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5165 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5167 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5169 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5170 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
5174 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5175 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5178 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5180 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5181 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5183 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5185 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5186 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5187 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5189 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
5192 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5193 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5195 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5196 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5197 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5199 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5206 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5208 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5209 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5210 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5212 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5214 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5215 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5216 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5220 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5225 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5226 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5227 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5229 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5230 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5231 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5232 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5233 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5234 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5235 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5237 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5240 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5241 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5243 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5244 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5245 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5247 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5248 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5250 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5251 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5252 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5256 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5257 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5259 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5260 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5261 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5262 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5264 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5267 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5268 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5269 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
5270 || i
== elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)
5271 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
))
5273 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5276 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5279 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5285 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5286 assignment of sections to segments. */
5287 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5290 /* And for non-load sections. */
5291 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5294 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5296 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5300 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
5301 if (link_info
!= NULL
5302 && link_info
->executable
5303 && link_info
->shared
)
5305 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
5306 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5307 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
5309 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
5310 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5311 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
5312 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
5313 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5315 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
5316 segments is non-zero. */
5318 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5321 /* Write out the program headers. */
5322 alloc
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5323 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5324 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5332 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5334 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5335 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5336 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5338 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5340 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5341 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5344 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5346 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5347 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5348 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5349 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5351 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5352 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5353 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5354 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5356 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5357 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5358 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5359 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5360 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5361 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5363 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5365 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5367 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5368 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5371 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5372 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5373 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5374 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5375 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5376 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5377 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5378 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5380 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5383 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5384 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5386 /* No program header, for now. */
5387 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5388 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5389 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5391 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5392 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5393 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5395 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5396 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5397 /* It all happens later. */
5401 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5402 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5405 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5406 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5407 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5408 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5409 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5410 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5411 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5412 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5413 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5419 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5420 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
5423 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5426 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5427 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5428 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
5429 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5431 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5433 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5434 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5436 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5439 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5440 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5441 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5444 /* Place the section headers. */
5445 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5446 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5447 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
5448 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
5449 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
5450 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5454 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5456 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5457 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5459 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5460 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
5462 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5463 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5466 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5469 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5473 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5475 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5476 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5477 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5479 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5480 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5481 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5483 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5485 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5486 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5491 /* Write out the section header names. */
5492 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5493 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5494 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5495 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5498 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5499 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
5501 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
5504 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5505 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
5506 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
5512 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5514 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5515 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5518 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5521 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5523 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5524 unsigned int sec_index
;
5526 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5527 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5528 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5530 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5531 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
5532 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5533 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
5534 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5535 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
5537 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
5539 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5540 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5542 int retval
= sec_index
;
5544 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5548 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
5549 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5554 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5558 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5560 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5562 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5564 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5565 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5566 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5567 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5568 input sections rather than the output section. */
5569 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5570 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5571 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5576 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5577 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5578 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5579 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5580 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5581 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5582 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5585 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5589 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5590 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5591 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5592 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5593 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5594 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5601 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5602 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
5610 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5613 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5615 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5616 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5617 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5618 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5619 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5622 unsigned int num_segments
;
5623 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5624 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5625 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5626 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5627 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5628 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5630 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5631 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5634 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5636 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5637 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5639 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5640 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5641 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5642 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5644 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5645 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5646 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5647 ? section->size : 0)
5649 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5650 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5651 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5652 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5653 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5654 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5656 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5657 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5658 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5659 (section->lma >= base \
5660 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5661 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5663 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5664 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5665 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5666 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5667 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5668 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5669 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5671 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5673 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5675 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5679 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5680 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5681 p_memsz set to 0. */
5682 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5684 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5685 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5686 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5687 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5689 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5690 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5691 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5693 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5694 A section will be included if:
5695 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5696 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5697 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5699 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5700 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5701 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5702 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5703 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5704 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5705 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5706 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5707 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5708 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5709 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5710 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5711 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5712 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5713 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5714 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5715 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5716 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5717 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5718 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5719 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5720 || (segment->p_paddr \
5721 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5722 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5723 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5725 && !section->segment_mark)
5727 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5728 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5729 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5730 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5731 && section->output_section != NULL)
5733 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5734 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5735 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5737 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5738 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5739 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5740 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5741 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5743 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5744 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5745 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5746 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5747 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5749 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5750 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5751 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5753 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5754 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5755 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5756 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5757 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5758 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5761 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5763 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5767 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5768 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5769 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5770 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5771 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5776 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5778 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5779 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5780 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5782 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5783 assignment code will work. */
5784 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5788 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5790 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5791 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5792 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5796 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5797 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5799 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5801 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5802 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5805 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5806 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5808 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5810 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5811 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
5813 if (extra_length
> 0)
5815 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5816 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5819 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5821 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5823 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5828 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5830 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5831 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
5833 if (extra_length
> 0)
5835 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5836 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5839 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5844 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5845 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5849 unsigned int section_count
;
5850 asection
**sections
;
5851 asection
*output_section
;
5853 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5854 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5857 asection
*first_section
;
5858 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
5859 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
5861 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5864 first_section
= NULL
;
5865 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5866 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5868 section
= section
->next
)
5870 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5871 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5872 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5874 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5875 first_section
= section
;
5876 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5881 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5882 all of the sections we have selected. */
5883 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5884 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5885 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5889 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5890 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5892 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5893 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5894 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5896 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5897 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5899 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5901 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5902 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5905 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5906 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5907 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5908 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5909 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5911 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5913 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5914 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5915 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5916 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5917 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5919 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5920 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5923 if (section_count
== 0)
5925 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5926 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5927 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5928 a warning is produced. */
5929 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5930 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5931 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5935 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5936 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5941 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5942 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5943 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5944 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5946 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5947 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5950 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5951 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5952 of the first section.
5954 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5955 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5956 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5957 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5958 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5960 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5961 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5962 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5963 or segments to contain the other sections.
5965 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5966 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5967 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5969 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5970 if (sections
== NULL
)
5973 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5974 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5975 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5976 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5977 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5982 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
5983 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5985 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5987 section
= section
->next
)
5988 if (section
== first_section
)
5991 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5993 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5995 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5997 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5999 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6000 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6001 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6002 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6004 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
6005 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6007 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
6008 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
6009 + (map
->includes_filehdr
6012 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6014 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6016 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6018 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6019 LMA address of the output section. */
6020 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6021 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
6022 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6023 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
6025 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
6027 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6028 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
6031 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6032 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6034 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
6036 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6038 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6039 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6042 if (j
== section_count
)
6047 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
6049 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6051 if (isec
== section_count
)
6053 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6054 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6055 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6056 program header in the input BFD. */
6057 map
->count
= section_count
;
6058 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6059 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6062 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6063 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
6064 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6065 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
6066 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6067 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6069 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
6076 if (!first_matching_lma
)
6078 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6079 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6080 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6081 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
6085 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
6086 Change the current segment's physical address to match
6087 the LMA of the first section. */
6088 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6091 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
6092 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
6093 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
6095 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
6096 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
6099 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
6100 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6104 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
6106 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6108 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6110 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6111 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6112 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6113 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6114 offset when we know the correct value. */
6115 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
6116 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
6119 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6123 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6124 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6125 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6126 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6127 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6128 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6135 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6137 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6138 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
6140 section
= sections
[j
];
6142 if (section
== NULL
)
6145 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6147 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
6149 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6150 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
6152 if (map
->count
== 0)
6154 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6155 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6157 if (output_section
->lma
6159 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
6160 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6161 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
6169 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
6171 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6172 and the start of this section is more than
6173 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6174 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
6176 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
6177 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
6178 > output_section
->lma
))
6180 if (first_suggested_lma
)
6182 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6183 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6190 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6193 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6195 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6197 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6198 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6202 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6204 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6205 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6206 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6208 if (isec
< section_count
)
6210 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6211 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6212 and carry on looping. */
6213 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6214 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6215 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6222 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6223 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6224 not yet been assigned. */
6226 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6227 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6228 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6229 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6230 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6231 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6232 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6235 while (isec
< section_count
);
6240 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6242 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6243 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6244 the offset if necessary. */
6245 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6249 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6252 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6253 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6254 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6259 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6260 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6262 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6263 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6264 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6265 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6266 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6267 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6271 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6274 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6276 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6277 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6278 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6279 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6280 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6282 unsigned int num_segments
;
6283 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6284 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6286 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6289 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6291 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6292 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6293 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6294 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6295 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6298 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6300 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6304 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6309 unsigned int section_count
;
6311 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6312 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6313 asection
*lowest_section
;
6315 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6316 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6318 section
= section
->next
)
6320 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6321 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6323 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6324 first_section
= section
;
6329 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6330 all of the sections we have selected. */
6331 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6332 if (section_count
!= 0)
6333 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6334 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6338 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6341 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6342 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6343 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6344 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6345 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6346 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6347 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6348 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6350 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
6351 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6353 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6354 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6355 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6356 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6357 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6359 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6360 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6363 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6364 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6365 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6366 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6368 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6369 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6371 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6372 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6373 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6374 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6375 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6377 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6378 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6381 lowest_section
= NULL
;
6382 if (section_count
!= 0)
6384 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6386 for (section
= first_section
;
6388 section
= section
->next
)
6390 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6391 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6393 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6394 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6398 if (lowest_section
== NULL
6399 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6400 lowest_section
= section
;
6402 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6403 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6404 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6405 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6407 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6408 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6410 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6411 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
6412 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6414 if (isec
== section_count
)
6420 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
6421 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6422 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6424 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
6425 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6426 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
6427 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6428 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
6429 - segment
->p_paddr
);
6431 map
->count
= section_count
;
6432 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6433 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6436 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6440 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6444 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6446 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6447 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6450 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
6453 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6455 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6456 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6457 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6458 asection
*section
, *osec
;
6459 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
6460 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6461 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6463 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6465 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6466 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
6469 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6470 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6471 section
= section
->next
)
6472 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6474 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6475 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6479 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6480 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6481 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6482 map in this case. */
6483 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
6484 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
6485 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
6488 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6489 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6491 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6492 from the input BFD. */
6493 osec
= section
->output_section
;
6495 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6497 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6498 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6499 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6501 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6502 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6504 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
6505 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
6506 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
6507 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
6508 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
6509 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
6515 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6517 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6518 section
= section
->next
)
6520 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
6523 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6526 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6530 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6532 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
6533 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
6534 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6536 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6537 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
6539 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6542 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6543 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
6544 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
6546 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
6547 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
6550 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6553 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6556 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6560 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6563 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6564 bfd_boolean final_link
= link_info
!= NULL
&& !link_info
->relocatable
;
6566 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6567 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6570 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
6572 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6573 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6574 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6575 that the linker clears to differ. */
6576 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6577 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6579 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
6580 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
6581 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6583 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6584 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6585 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6587 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6588 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6589 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6590 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6593 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6594 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6596 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6597 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6598 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6599 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
6603 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6605 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6606 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6607 may be NULL at this point. */
6608 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6610 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6611 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6612 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6615 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6620 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6621 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6624 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6629 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6631 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6632 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6635 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6636 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6638 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6640 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6641 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6642 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6643 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6644 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6646 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6650 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6651 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6652 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6653 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6654 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6658 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
6662 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6663 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
6665 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6666 asection
*s
= first
;
6667 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
6671 /* If this member section is being output but the
6672 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6673 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6674 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
6675 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
6677 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6678 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6680 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6681 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6682 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
6683 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
6685 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6691 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
6693 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6694 adjust the input section size. This function may
6695 be called multiple times, so save the original
6697 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6698 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6699 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
6703 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6705 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
6713 /* Copy private header information. */
6716 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6718 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6719 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6722 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6723 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6724 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6725 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6726 already been worked out. */
6727 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6729 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6733 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
6736 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6737 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6738 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6739 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6740 swap_out_syms function. */
6742 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6743 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6744 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6745 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6746 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6749 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6754 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6756 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6757 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6760 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6761 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6764 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
6766 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6770 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6771 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6772 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6773 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6774 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6775 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
6777 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
6778 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6779 else if (shndx
== elf_symtab_shndx (ibfd
))
6780 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6781 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6787 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6790 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6791 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6794 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6797 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6798 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6799 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6800 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6801 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6802 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6804 unsigned int num_locals
;
6806 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6808 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
6811 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6812 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6816 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6817 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6818 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6819 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6820 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6821 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6822 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
6823 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6825 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6826 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6828 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6829 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6830 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6832 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6835 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6837 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6838 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6839 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6841 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6842 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
6843 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6844 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6846 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6850 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6851 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6852 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6853 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6854 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6857 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6859 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6860 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6866 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6867 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6868 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6869 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6870 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6871 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6875 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6876 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6878 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6879 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6881 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6882 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6883 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6884 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6887 if (!name_local_sections
6888 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6890 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6895 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6898 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6900 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6905 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6907 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6908 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6910 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6911 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6912 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6913 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6914 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6915 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6916 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6918 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6919 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6920 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6924 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6927 if (sec
->output_section
)
6929 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6930 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6933 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6934 if (! relocatable_p
)
6936 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6937 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6939 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6941 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6943 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6944 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6945 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6946 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6950 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6953 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6956 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
6959 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
6962 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
);
6971 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6973 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6977 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6978 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6979 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6980 demand of applications. For example, it
6981 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6982 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6983 actually in the output file. */
6984 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6987 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6988 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6989 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6991 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6992 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6996 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6997 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
7001 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7004 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
7006 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7007 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7008 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7010 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
7012 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
7014 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
7019 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
7022 /* Processor-specific types. */
7023 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
7024 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7025 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7026 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
7028 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7030 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7031 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7033 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7035 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7037 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
7038 if (type
== STT_OBJECT
)
7039 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_COMMON
);
7042 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
7044 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7045 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7049 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
7050 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
7053 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
7055 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
7057 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
7058 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
7059 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7061 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7064 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
7067 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
7069 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
7070 sym
.st_target_internal
7071 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
7076 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7079 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
7080 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7081 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7082 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7086 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
7087 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7089 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
7090 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
7091 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7092 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
7093 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
7094 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
7099 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
7101 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
7102 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
7103 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
7106 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7110 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7112 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7113 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7115 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7121 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7125 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
7127 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7129 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7133 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7134 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7136 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7142 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7145 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
7148 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
7151 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7158 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7160 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
7163 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
7164 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7165 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
7169 return section
->reloc_count
;
7173 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
7175 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7176 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
7179 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7184 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
7185 asymbol
**allocation
)
7187 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7188 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
7191 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7195 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7196 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7197 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7198 dynamic reloc section. */
7201 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7206 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7208 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7212 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
7213 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7214 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7215 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7216 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7217 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
7218 * sizeof (arelent
*));
7223 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7224 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7225 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7226 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7227 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7228 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7229 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7232 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7236 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
7240 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7242 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7246 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
7248 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7250 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7251 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7252 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7257 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7259 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7261 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7272 /* Read in the version information. */
7275 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7277 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7278 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7280 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7282 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7283 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7284 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7286 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7288 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7290 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7292 error_return_bad_verref
:
7293 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7294 (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
7295 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7296 error_return_verref
:
7297 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7298 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7302 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7303 if (contents
== NULL
)
7304 goto error_return_verref
;
7306 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7307 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7308 goto error_return_verref
;
7310 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
7311 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7312 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7314 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7315 goto error_return_verref
;
7317 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7318 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7319 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7320 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7321 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7322 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7324 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7325 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7328 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7330 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7332 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7333 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7335 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7336 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7338 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7339 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7342 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7343 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7344 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7345 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7346 goto error_return_verref
;
7349 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
7350 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7351 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7353 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7354 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
7355 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
7356 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
7358 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
7360 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
7361 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7362 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
7363 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
7364 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7366 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
7367 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
7369 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
7371 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
7372 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
7373 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7375 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7376 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
7378 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
7379 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
7382 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
7383 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
7385 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
7387 if (iverneed
->vn_next
7388 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7389 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7391 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
7392 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
7399 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
7401 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7402 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
7403 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7404 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
7405 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
7407 unsigned int maxidx
;
7408 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
7410 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
7412 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
7414 error_return_bad_verdef
:
7415 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7416 (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
7417 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7418 error_return_verdef
:
7419 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
7420 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
7424 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7425 if (contents
== NULL
)
7426 goto error_return_verdef
;
7427 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7428 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7429 goto error_return_verdef
;
7431 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
7432 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
7433 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7434 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
7435 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7436 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
7438 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7439 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7441 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7443 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
7445 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7447 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
7448 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7449 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
7450 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
7452 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
7453 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7454 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7456 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7457 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
7460 if (default_imported_symver
)
7462 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
7468 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7469 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7470 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7471 goto error_return_verdef
;
7473 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
7475 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7476 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
7477 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
7479 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
7480 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7483 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7485 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
7486 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7488 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
7489 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7491 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7493 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
7494 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
7497 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7498 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
7499 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7500 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7501 goto error_return_verdef
;
7505 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7506 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7508 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7509 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
7510 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7511 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
7513 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
7515 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
7516 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7517 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
7518 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
7519 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7521 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7522 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
7524 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7526 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
7527 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
7528 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
7530 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7531 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
7534 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7535 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
7537 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
7538 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
7540 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7542 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7543 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
7549 else if (default_imported_symver
)
7556 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7557 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7558 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7561 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
7564 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7565 if (default_imported_symver
)
7567 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7568 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7570 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
7572 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
7573 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
7574 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
7575 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
7577 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7579 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
7580 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
7581 goto error_return_verdef
;
7582 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7583 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7584 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
7585 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7586 goto error_return_verdef
;
7588 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7589 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
7595 if (contents
!= NULL
)
7601 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
7603 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
7605 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * newsym
);
7608 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
7609 return &newsym
->symbol
;
7613 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7617 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
7620 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7621 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7625 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7628 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7629 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
7632 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7633 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7634 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
7637 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7638 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7639 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7640 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7641 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7642 we treat such symbols as local. */
7643 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7650 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7651 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7658 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7659 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7660 unsigned long machine
)
7662 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7663 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7664 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7665 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7666 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7669 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7672 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7673 for error reporting. */
7676 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd
,
7680 const char **filename_ptr
,
7681 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7683 struct elf_find_function_cache
7685 asection
*last_section
;
7687 const char *filename
;
7688 bfd_size_type func_size
;
7691 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7694 cache
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_find_function_cache
;
7697 cache
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*cache
));
7698 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_find_function_cache
= cache
;
7702 if (cache
->last_section
!= section
7703 || cache
->func
== NULL
7704 || offset
< cache
->func
->value
7705 || offset
>= cache
->func
->value
+ cache
->func_size
)
7710 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7711 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7712 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7713 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7714 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7715 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7716 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7717 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7718 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7719 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7723 state
= nothing_seen
;
7724 cache
->filename
= NULL
;
7726 cache
->func_size
= 0;
7727 cache
->last_section
= section
;
7729 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7735 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_FILE
) != 0)
7738 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7739 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7743 size
= bed
->maybe_function_sym (sym
, section
, &code_off
);
7745 && code_off
<= offset
7746 && (code_off
> low_func
7747 || (code_off
== low_func
7748 && size
> cache
->func_size
)))
7751 cache
->func_size
= size
;
7752 cache
->filename
= NULL
;
7753 low_func
= code_off
;
7755 && ((sym
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) != 0
7756 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7757 cache
->filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7759 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7760 state
= symbol_seen
;
7764 if (cache
->func
== NULL
)
7768 *filename_ptr
= cache
->filename
;
7769 if (functionname_ptr
)
7770 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (cache
->func
);
7775 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7776 for error reporting. */
7779 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7783 const char **filename_ptr
,
7784 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7785 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
7786 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
7790 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
7791 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7792 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
7793 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
7794 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7796 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7797 elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7798 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7804 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7805 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
7807 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7808 elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7809 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7815 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7816 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7817 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7818 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7820 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7823 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7826 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7827 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7834 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7837 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7838 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7840 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
7841 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
7842 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
7843 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7846 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7847 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7848 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7849 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7850 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7853 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7854 const char **filename_ptr
,
7855 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7856 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7859 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7860 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7861 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7866 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7868 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7869 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7871 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7873 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
7875 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7877 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7880 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7881 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7884 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7887 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
7895 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7897 const void *location
,
7899 bfd_size_type count
)
7901 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7904 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7905 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7908 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7909 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7910 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7911 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7918 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7919 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7920 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7925 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7928 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7930 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7932 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7934 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7935 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7937 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7938 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7940 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7942 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7945 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7948 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7951 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7954 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7957 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7960 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7966 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7968 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7970 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7971 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7973 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7978 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7984 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7987 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7990 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7993 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7996 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
8002 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8006 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
8014 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8015 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
8016 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
8017 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8022 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
8024 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8025 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
8027 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
8028 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
8029 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8032 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
8035 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8036 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8037 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8040 bfd_reloc_status_type
8041 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8042 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8043 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8044 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8045 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8047 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
8050 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
8051 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
8052 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
8053 out details about the corefile. */
8055 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
8056 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
8057 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
8058 # include <sys/procfs.h>
8061 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
8062 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
8065 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
8069 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
8071 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
8076 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
8077 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
8078 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
8082 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
8086 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
8089 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
8093 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
8094 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
8095 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
8099 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8100 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8101 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8102 such a section already exists.
8103 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8104 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8105 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8107 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8113 char *threaded_name
;
8117 /* Build the section name. */
8119 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8120 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8121 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8122 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
8124 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
8126 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
8131 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
8132 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8134 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
8137 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8139 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8143 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8146 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8151 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
8155 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8156 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8157 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8159 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8160 has already been set by another thread. */
8161 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8162 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8163 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8164 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8166 /* pr_who exists on:
8169 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8172 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8173 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8175 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8178 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8179 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
8181 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8182 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8184 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8185 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
8186 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8188 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8189 has already been set by another thread. */
8190 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8192 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8193 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8195 /* pr_who exists on:
8198 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8201 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8202 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8204 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8207 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8210 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8211 note size (ie. data object type). */
8215 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8216 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
8217 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
8219 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8221 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8223 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8225 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8227 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
8228 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
8231 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8232 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8233 data structure apart. */
8236 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8238 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8241 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8242 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8246 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8248 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8251 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8252 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8253 contents literally. */
8256 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8258 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
8262 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8264 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
8268 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8270 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
8274 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8276 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8280 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8282 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8286 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8288 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8292 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8294 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8298 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8300 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8304 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8306 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8310 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8312 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8316 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8318 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8322 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8324 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
8328 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8330 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8334 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8336 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
8340 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8342 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
8346 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8348 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
8351 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8352 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8353 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8354 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8358 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8359 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8360 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8361 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8365 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8366 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8367 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8370 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8373 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
8381 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
8385 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
8391 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8393 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8395 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
8397 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
8399 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8401 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8402 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8404 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8405 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8406 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8408 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8409 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8410 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8412 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8413 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
8415 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8416 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
8418 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8420 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8421 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8423 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8424 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8425 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8427 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8428 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8429 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8435 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8436 note size (ie. data object type). */
8440 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8441 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8442 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8445 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
8446 int n
= strlen (command
);
8448 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
8449 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
8454 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8456 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8458 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8460 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
8461 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8462 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
8468 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8470 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8472 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8473 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
8475 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8478 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8480 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8483 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8484 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8485 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8489 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8491 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8493 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8495 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8501 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
8502 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8503 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
8508 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8510 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
8511 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8513 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
8516 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8518 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8519 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8520 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8523 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8525 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8529 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8530 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8531 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8532 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8535 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8536 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
8537 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8540 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8542 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8545 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8547 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8548 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8549 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8552 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8554 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8558 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8559 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8560 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8561 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8564 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8565 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
8566 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
8569 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8571 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
8573 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8576 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8583 int is_active_thread
;
8586 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
8589 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
8592 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
8596 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8597 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
8598 /* process_info.pid */
8599 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8600 /* process_info.signal */
8601 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
8604 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8605 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8606 /* thread_info.tid */
8607 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
8609 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8610 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8614 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8616 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8620 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8622 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8623 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
8624 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8626 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8627 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8629 if (is_active_thread
)
8630 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8634 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8635 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8636 /* module_info.base_address */
8637 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
8638 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
8640 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8641 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8645 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8647 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8652 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8653 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8654 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8665 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8667 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8675 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
8676 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
8678 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8679 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
8684 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8686 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8689 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8691 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
8694 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8695 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8697 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
8698 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8700 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
8701 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8702 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8703 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8707 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8708 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8709 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8710 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
8715 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8716 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8717 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
8722 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8723 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8724 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
8728 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
8729 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8730 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8731 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
8736 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8737 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8738 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
8742 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
8743 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8744 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8745 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
8749 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
8750 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8751 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8752 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
8757 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8758 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8759 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
8763 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
8764 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8765 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8766 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
8770 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
8771 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8772 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8773 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
8777 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
8778 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8779 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8780 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
8785 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8786 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8787 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
8792 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8793 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8794 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
8799 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8800 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8801 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
8805 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
8806 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8807 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8808 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
8812 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
8813 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8814 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8815 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
8821 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
8822 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
8824 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8825 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
8832 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8837 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8838 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8839 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8845 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
8849 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
8855 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8857 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
8859 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
8862 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8863 t
->build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*t
->build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
8864 if (t
->build_id
== NULL
)
8867 t
->build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8868 memcpy (t
->build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8874 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8881 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
8882 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
8887 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8889 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
8890 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
8893 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
8894 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
8895 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8897 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
8903 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8908 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
8916 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
8920 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
8923 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
8930 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8932 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8933 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
8934 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8936 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8937 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
8938 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
8940 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8941 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8942 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
8944 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8949 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8953 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
8954 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
8956 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
8958 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8959 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8960 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8961 creates a core file. */
8963 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8966 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8967 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8968 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8971 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8975 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8977 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8978 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8980 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8981 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8984 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8985 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8987 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8988 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8994 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8995 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
9000 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
9001 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9003 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
9004 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9014 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9016 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9017 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9018 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9020 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
9021 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9022 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
9024 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9025 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9026 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
9032 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9034 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
9035 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
9037 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
9038 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9040 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
9041 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9043 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
9044 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9046 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
9048 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9053 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9054 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9055 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9060 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
9062 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
9067 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9068 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9069 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9078 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
9080 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
9087 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
9088 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
9090 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
9091 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
9093 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
9094 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
9096 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
9097 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
9099 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
9100 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9103 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
9104 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
9105 thread just in case. */
9106 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
9107 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9109 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
9110 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
9112 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9117 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9121 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9122 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9123 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9125 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
9129 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
9130 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9138 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
9139 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
9141 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9146 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9150 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9151 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9152 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9154 /* This is the current thread. */
9155 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
9156 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
9161 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
9162 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
9163 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
9164 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9167 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9169 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9170 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9172 static long tid
= 1;
9176 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
9177 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
9178 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
9179 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
9180 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
9181 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
9182 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
9183 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
9190 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9196 /* Use note name as section name. */
9198 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9201 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
9202 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
9204 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9208 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9209 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9210 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
9215 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9218 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9222 size of data for note
9224 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9225 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9226 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9227 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9230 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9233 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9241 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
9248 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
9250 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
9252 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
9255 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
9256 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
9257 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
9258 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
9259 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
9260 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
9264 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
9272 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
9283 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
9289 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9291 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9294 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9295 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
9300 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9301 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9302 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9304 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9306 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9309 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9312 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9313 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9314 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9315 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9316 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9321 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9323 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9326 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9329 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9330 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9331 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9332 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9333 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9335 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9342 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9343 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9344 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9346 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data
;
9348 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9349 LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9351 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
9352 &data
, sizeof (data
));
9356 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9357 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9358 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9360 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data
;
9362 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9363 LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9365 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9366 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9370 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9377 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9379 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9382 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9384 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
9389 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9390 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9391 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9393 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9395 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9396 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9397 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9398 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9399 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9400 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9407 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9408 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9409 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9410 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9411 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9412 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9414 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9420 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9422 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9429 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9430 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9432 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9433 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
9434 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9435 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9436 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
9437 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9439 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
9440 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
9442 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
9443 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
9446 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9447 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9449 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9451 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9453 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9457 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9458 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9460 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9461 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9462 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9464 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9468 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9469 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9470 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9471 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9479 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9480 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9481 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9482 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9486 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9489 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9495 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9496 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9497 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
9501 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9504 const void *xfpregs
,
9507 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9508 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9509 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
9513 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9514 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
9516 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9517 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9518 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
9522 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
9525 const void *ppc_vmx
,
9528 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9529 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9530 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
9534 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
9537 const void *ppc_vsx
,
9540 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9541 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9542 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
9546 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
9549 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
9552 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9553 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9554 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
9555 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
9559 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
9562 const void *s390_timer
,
9565 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9566 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9567 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
9571 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
9574 const void *s390_todcmp
,
9577 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9578 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9579 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
9583 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9586 const void *s390_todpreg
,
9589 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9590 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9591 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
9595 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
9598 const void *s390_ctrs
,
9601 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9602 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9603 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
9607 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
9610 const void *s390_prefix
,
9613 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9614 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9615 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
9619 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9622 const void *s390_last_break
,
9625 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9626 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9627 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
9628 s390_last_break
, size
);
9632 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
9635 const void *s390_system_call
,
9638 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9639 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9640 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
9641 s390_system_call
, size
);
9645 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
9648 const void *s390_tdb
,
9651 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9652 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9653 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
9657 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
9660 const void *arm_vfp
,
9663 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9664 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9665 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
9669 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
9672 const void *aarch_tls
,
9675 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9676 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9677 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
9681 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9684 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
9687 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9688 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9689 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
9693 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
9696 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
9699 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9700 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9701 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
9705 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9708 const char *section
,
9712 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
9713 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9714 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9715 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9716 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9717 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9718 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9719 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9720 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9721 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9722 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9723 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9724 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9725 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9726 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9727 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9728 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9729 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9730 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9731 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9732 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9733 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9734 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9735 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9736 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9737 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9738 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
9739 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9740 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9741 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9742 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
9743 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9744 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
9745 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9746 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
9747 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9752 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
9757 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
9759 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9760 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
9761 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
9763 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
9766 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
9768 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
9769 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
9770 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
9773 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
9774 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
9775 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
9777 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
9778 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
9781 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
9787 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9789 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9792 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "OpenBSD"))
9794 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9797 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
9799 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
9802 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "SPU/"))
9804 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9809 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
9815 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
9817 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9820 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
9821 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
9823 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
9829 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
9836 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
9843 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
9846 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
);
9850 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
9851 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
9861 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9863 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9864 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9865 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9868 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
9870 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9872 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9876 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
9879 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9880 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9881 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9882 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9884 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9885 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9888 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
9892 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9894 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9898 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
9899 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
9900 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
9905 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9906 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9907 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9908 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9910 return reloc_class_normal
;
9913 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9914 relocation against a local symbol. */
9917 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9918 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9920 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9922 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9925 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9926 + sec
->output_offset
9928 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
9929 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
9930 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9933 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9934 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9935 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
9938 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9939 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9940 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9941 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9942 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9943 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9944 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
9947 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
9948 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9954 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9955 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9959 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9961 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9962 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
9964 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9965 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9966 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
9970 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
9971 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9975 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9977 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9978 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9980 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9981 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
9983 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
9985 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9986 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
9987 offset
= sec
->size
- offset
- address_size
;
9993 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9994 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9995 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9996 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9997 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9998 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
10000 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
10001 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
10002 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
10003 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
10004 the remote memory. */
10007 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
10010 bfd_size_type size
,
10011 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
10012 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
10014 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
10015 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
10019 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
10020 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10021 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10026 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10029 const char *relplt_name
;
10030 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
10034 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
10040 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
10043 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
10046 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
10049 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
10050 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
10051 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
10052 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
10053 if (relplt
== NULL
)
10056 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
10057 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
10058 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
10061 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
10065 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
10066 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
10069 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
10070 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
10071 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
10072 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10074 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
10075 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
10078 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
10080 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
10085 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
10089 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
10090 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
10092 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10097 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
10098 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
10101 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
10102 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
10103 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
10104 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
10105 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
10106 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
10108 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
10111 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
10112 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
10114 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
10118 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
10119 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
10120 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
10121 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
10124 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
10127 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
10128 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
10135 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
10136 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
10137 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
10138 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
10141 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
10142 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10144 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
10146 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
10148 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
10150 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
10151 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
10152 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
10153 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
10154 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
10155 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
10159 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
10160 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
10161 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
10164 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
10166 return (type
== STT_FUNC
10167 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
10170 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
10171 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
10172 otherwise return zero. */
10175 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
10178 bfd_size_type size
;
10180 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
10181 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
10182 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
10185 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
10187 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
10188 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;